1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bool assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bool swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int,
55 struct bfd_link_info
*);
56 static bool elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
57 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
302 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
304 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
305 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
306 the string table over and over. */
307 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
310 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
311 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
313 return (char *) shstrtab
;
317 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
318 unsigned int shindex
,
319 unsigned int strindex
)
321 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
326 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
329 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
331 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
333 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
335 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
336 /* xgettext:c-format */
337 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
338 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
343 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
348 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
349 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
350 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
351 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
352 the section is zero. */
353 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
357 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
359 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
361 /* xgettext:c-format */
362 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
363 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
364 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
366 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
370 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
373 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
374 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
375 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
376 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
377 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
378 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
379 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
382 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
386 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
388 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
390 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
392 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
394 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
397 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
398 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
403 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
409 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
411 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
413 elf_section_list
* entry
;
414 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
416 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
417 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
420 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
423 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
425 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
430 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
432 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
433 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
434 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
435 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
436 the index table will not be needed. */
440 /* Read the symbols. */
442 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
444 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
445 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
446 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
448 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
452 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
453 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
455 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
456 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
458 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
459 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
460 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
466 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
470 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
472 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
476 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
477 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
479 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
480 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
482 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
483 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
484 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
491 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
493 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
495 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
498 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
499 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
500 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
504 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
505 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
506 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
507 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
509 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
510 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
512 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
513 /* xgettext:c-format */
514 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
515 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
516 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
524 free (alloc_extshndx
);
529 /* Look up a symbol name. */
531 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
532 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
533 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
537 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
538 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
540 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
541 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
542 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
544 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
545 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
548 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
551 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
552 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
557 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
558 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
561 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
562 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
564 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
566 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
567 signature just a string? */
570 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
572 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
573 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
574 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
575 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
577 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
578 that it is a symbol table section. */
579 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
581 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
582 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
583 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
586 /* Go read the symbol. */
587 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
588 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
589 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
592 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
595 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
598 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
600 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
602 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
603 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
606 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
608 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
609 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
610 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
613 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
614 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
615 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
616 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
617 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
619 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
621 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
623 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
629 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
631 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
635 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
636 so we can find them quickly. */
639 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
640 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
642 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
643 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
647 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
649 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
651 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
654 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
656 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
658 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
661 /* Add to list of sections. */
662 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
665 /* Read the raw contents. */
666 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
667 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
668 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
669 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
670 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
672 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
675 /* xgettext:c-format */
676 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
677 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
678 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
679 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
684 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
685 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
686 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
688 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
689 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
697 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
698 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
702 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
703 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
704 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
709 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
710 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
711 section group should be marked with
712 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
713 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
715 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
718 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
721 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
729 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
730 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
734 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
740 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
741 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
747 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
749 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
752 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
754 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
755 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
758 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
764 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
765 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
767 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
768 /* xgettext:c-format */
769 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
770 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
771 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
772 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
775 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
777 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
778 section is a member. */
780 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
784 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
785 other members to see if any others are linked via
787 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
788 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
790 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
791 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
792 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
796 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
797 insert current section in circular list. */
798 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
799 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
800 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
806 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
809 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
811 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
812 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
815 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
817 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
818 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
827 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
829 /* xgettext:c-format */
830 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
838 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
841 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
845 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
846 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
848 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
849 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
851 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
852 /* An sh_link value of 0 is now allowed. It indicates that linked
853 to section has already been discarded, but that the current
854 section has been retained for some other reason. This linking
855 section is still a candidate for later garbage collection
859 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = NULL
;
863 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
865 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
867 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
868 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
872 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
873 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
877 /* xgettext:c-format */
878 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
879 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
883 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
886 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
887 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
890 /* xgettext:c-format */
891 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
892 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
897 /* Process section groups. */
898 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
901 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
903 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
904 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
907 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
908 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
911 /* xgettext:c-format */
912 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
918 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
919 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
925 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
927 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
928 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
929 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
930 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
932 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
934 /* xgettext:c-format */
935 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
938 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
939 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
952 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
954 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
958 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
960 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
961 return elf_group_name (sec
);
966 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
968 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
969 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
970 if (new_name
== NULL
)
974 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
979 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
981 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
982 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
983 if (new_name
== NULL
)
986 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
990 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
994 int16_t major_version
;
995 int16_t minor_version
;
996 unsigned char slim_object
;
998 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1002 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1003 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1006 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1013 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1014 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
1016 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1019 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1020 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1023 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1024 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1025 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1027 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1028 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1029 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1031 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1033 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1034 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1035 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1036 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1038 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1041 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1044 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1045 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1046 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1048 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1050 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1053 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1055 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1056 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1057 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1058 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1060 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1061 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1062 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1063 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1065 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1067 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1068 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1071 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1072 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_RETAIN
) != 0)
1073 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_retain
;
1076 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1077 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1081 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1083 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1084 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1085 if (name
[0] == '.')
1087 if (startswith (name
, ".debug")
1088 || startswith (name
, ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_")
1089 || startswith (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.")
1090 || startswith (name
, ".zdebug"))
1091 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1092 else if (startswith (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
)
1093 || startswith (name
, ".note.gnu"))
1095 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1098 else if (startswith (name
, ".line")
1099 || startswith (name
, ".stab")
1100 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1101 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1105 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
/ opb
)
1106 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1107 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1110 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1111 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1112 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1113 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1114 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1115 all but one of the sections. */
1116 if (startswith (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1117 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1118 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1120 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1123 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1124 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1125 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1128 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1129 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1130 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1131 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1135 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1138 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1139 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1143 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1145 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1146 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1148 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1149 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1150 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1151 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1152 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1153 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1154 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1156 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1158 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1161 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1162 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1164 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1165 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1166 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1167 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1169 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1170 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1171 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
) / opb
;
1173 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1174 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1175 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1176 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1177 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1178 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1179 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1180 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1181 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
) / opb
;
1183 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1184 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1185 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1186 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1187 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1188 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1189 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1195 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1196 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1197 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1198 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1199 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1201 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1202 int compression_header_size
;
1203 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1204 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1206 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1207 &compression_header_size
,
1209 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1212 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1213 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1214 action
= decompress
;
1217 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1218 section. Check if we should compress. */
1219 if (action
== nothing
)
1221 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1222 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1223 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1224 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1226 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1227 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1233 if (action
== compress
)
1235 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1238 /* xgettext:c-format */
1239 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1246 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1249 /* xgettext:c-format */
1250 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1256 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1259 && (action
== decompress
1260 || (action
== compress
1261 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1263 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1264 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1266 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1267 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1269 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1273 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1274 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1275 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1278 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1280 if (startswith (name
, ".gnu.lto_.lto."))
1282 struct lto_section lsection
;
1283 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1284 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1285 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1291 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1293 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1294 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1295 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1298 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1299 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1300 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1301 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1302 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1303 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1304 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1305 function, or should call this function for relocatable output. */
1307 bfd_reloc_status_type
1308 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1309 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1311 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 asection
*input_section
,
1314 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1316 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1317 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1318 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1319 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1321 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1322 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1325 /* In some cases the relocation should be treated as output section
1326 relative, as when linking ELF DWARF into PE COFF. Many ELF
1327 targets lack section relative relocations and instead use
1328 ordinary absolute relocations for references between DWARF
1329 sections. That is arguably a bug in those targets but it happens
1330 to work for the usual case of linking to non-loaded ELF debug
1331 sections with VMAs forced to zero. PE COFF on the other hand
1332 doesn't allow a section VMA of zero. */
1333 if (output_bfd
== NULL
1334 && !reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
1335 && (symbol
->section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
1336 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
1337 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1339 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1342 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1343 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1344 should be the same. */
1347 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1348 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1350 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1351 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1352 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1353 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1355 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1356 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1358 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1361 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1362 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1363 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1364 to be the correct section. */
1367 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1368 const unsigned int hint
)
1370 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1373 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1375 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1376 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1377 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1378 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1381 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1385 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1387 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1388 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1389 multiple matches ? */
1396 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1397 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1398 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1401 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1403 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1404 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1405 const unsigned int secnum
)
1407 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1408 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1409 bool changed
= false;
1410 unsigned int sh_link
;
1412 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1414 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1415 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1416 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1417 matched up with the original.
1419 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1420 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1421 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1422 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1423 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1424 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1425 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1426 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1427 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1428 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1429 without any contents. */
1430 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1431 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1432 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1433 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1437 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1438 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1442 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1443 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1444 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1445 in the input bfd. */
1446 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1448 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1449 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1452 /* xgettext:c-format */
1453 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1454 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1458 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1459 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1461 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1465 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1466 if we could not find a match ? */
1468 /* xgettext:c-format */
1469 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1472 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1474 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1475 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1477 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1479 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1481 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1482 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1485 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1486 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1488 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1490 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1495 /* xgettext:c-format */
1496 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1502 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1506 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1508 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1509 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1510 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1513 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1514 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1517 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1519 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1520 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = true;
1523 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1525 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1526 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1527 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1529 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1530 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1531 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1532 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1534 /* Copy object attributes. */
1535 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1537 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1540 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1542 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1543 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1546 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1548 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1549 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1550 files. See below for more details. */
1552 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1553 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1556 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1557 fields have already been initialised. */
1558 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1559 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1562 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1563 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1564 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1566 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1568 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1571 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1572 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1573 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1574 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1576 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1577 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1578 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1579 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1580 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1581 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1586 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1589 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1590 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1591 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1592 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1594 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1596 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1599 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1600 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1601 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1603 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1604 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1605 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1606 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1607 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1608 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1609 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1610 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1611 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1612 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1614 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1619 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1621 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1622 with a NULL input section. */
1623 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1632 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1637 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1638 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1639 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1640 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1641 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1642 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1643 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1644 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1645 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1646 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1647 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1648 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1653 /* Print out the program headers. */
1656 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1658 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1659 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1661 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1663 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1668 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1669 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1670 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1672 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1677 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1680 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1681 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1682 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1683 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1684 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1685 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1686 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1687 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1688 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1689 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1690 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1691 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1692 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1693 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1694 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1695 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1696 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1701 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1704 unsigned int elfsec
;
1705 unsigned long shlink
;
1706 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1708 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1710 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1712 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1715 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1716 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1718 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1720 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1721 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1724 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1725 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1727 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1728 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1730 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1732 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1733 const char *name
= "";
1736 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1738 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1740 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1747 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1748 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1750 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1752 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1757 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= true; break;
1758 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1759 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1760 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1761 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1762 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1763 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1764 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1765 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1766 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1767 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1768 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1769 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1770 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= true; break;
1771 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= true; break;
1772 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1773 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1774 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1775 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1776 case DT_RELR
: name
= "RELR"; break;
1777 case DT_RELRSZ
: name
= "RELRSZ"; break;
1778 case DT_RELRENT
: name
= "RELRENT"; break;
1779 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1780 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1781 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1782 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1783 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1784 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1785 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1786 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1787 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1788 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= true; break;
1789 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1790 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1791 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1792 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1793 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1794 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1795 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1796 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1797 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1798 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1799 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1800 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= true; break;
1801 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= true; break;
1802 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= true; break;
1803 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1804 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1805 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1806 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1807 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1808 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1809 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1810 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1811 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1812 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1813 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1814 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= true; break;
1815 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1816 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= true; break;
1817 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1820 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1824 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1829 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1831 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1834 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1843 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1844 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1846 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, false))
1850 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1852 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1854 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1855 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1857 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1858 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1859 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1860 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1862 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1865 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1869 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1875 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1877 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1879 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1880 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1882 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1884 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1885 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1886 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1887 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1888 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1889 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1900 /* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE
1901 and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */
1904 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1908 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1909 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1910 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1912 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1914 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1915 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1918 version_string
= "";
1919 else if (vernum
== 1
1920 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1921 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1923 version_string
= base_p
? "Base" : "";
1924 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1926 const char *nodename
1927 = elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1928 version_string
= "";
1931 || symbol
->name
== NULL
1932 || strcmp (symbol
->name
, nodename
) != 0)
1933 version_string
= nodename
;
1937 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1939 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1940 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1944 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1946 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1948 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1950 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1957 return version_string
;
1960 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1963 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1966 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1968 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1971 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1972 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1974 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1975 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1976 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1977 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1979 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1981 const char *section_name
;
1982 const char *name
= NULL
;
1983 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1984 unsigned char st_other
;
1986 const char *version_string
;
1989 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1991 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1992 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1993 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1997 name
= symbol
->name
;
1998 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
2001 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
2002 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
2003 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
2004 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
2005 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
2006 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2007 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
2009 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
2010 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
2012 /* If we have version information, print it. */
2013 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2020 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2025 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2026 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2031 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2032 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2037 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2038 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2039 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2041 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2043 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2046 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2052 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2054 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2057 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2059 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2060 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2061 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2065 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2068 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a loop of sections via
2069 sh_link or sh_info. Detect this here, by refusing to load a
2070 section that we are already in the process of loading. */
2071 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
])
2074 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2077 elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
] = true;
2079 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2080 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2081 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2086 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2087 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2090 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2093 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2094 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2095 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2096 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2097 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2098 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2099 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2100 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2101 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2102 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2105 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2106 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2109 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2111 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2112 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2113 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2116 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2117 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2118 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2120 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2125 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2127 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2129 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2131 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2132 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2133 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2134 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2136 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2137 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2141 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2143 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2144 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2146 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2147 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2149 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2157 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2158 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2161 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2164 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2166 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2168 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2169 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2170 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2175 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2176 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2177 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2180 /* xgettext:c-format */
2181 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2182 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2186 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2187 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2188 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2189 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2191 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2192 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2193 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2194 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2195 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2197 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2198 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2199 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2203 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2204 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2205 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2207 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2208 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2210 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2211 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2214 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2215 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2217 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2219 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2220 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2225 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2227 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2229 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2230 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2235 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2236 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2240 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2241 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2244 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2247 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2249 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2252 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2253 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2254 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2259 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2260 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2261 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2264 /* xgettext:c-format */
2265 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2266 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2270 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2272 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2273 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2275 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2276 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2277 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2280 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2282 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2284 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2285 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2288 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2291 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2293 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2294 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2295 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2299 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2300 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2303 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2305 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2306 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2310 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2313 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2314 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2318 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2321 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2322 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2323 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2324 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2326 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2331 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2332 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2333 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2334 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2336 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2338 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2339 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2341 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2342 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2344 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2347 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2349 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2351 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2352 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2356 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2361 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2363 asection
*target_sect
;
2364 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2365 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2366 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2369 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2370 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2373 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2374 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2377 /* xgettext:c-format */
2378 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2379 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2380 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2385 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2386 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2387 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2388 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2389 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2390 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2391 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2393 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2394 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2395 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2396 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2402 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2404 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2405 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2416 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2419 /* Get the symbol table. */
2420 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2421 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2422 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2425 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2426 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2427 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2428 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2429 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2430 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2431 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2432 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2433 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2434 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2435 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2436 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2437 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2438 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2439 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2440 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2442 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2447 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2450 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2451 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2454 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2455 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2456 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2458 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2460 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2461 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2465 if (!bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2468 /* xgettext:c-format */
2469 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
2470 "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2471 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2474 esdt
->has_secondary_relocs
= true;
2478 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2483 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2484 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2485 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2486 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2487 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2488 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2489 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2490 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2491 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2493 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2494 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2496 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2500 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2501 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2502 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2503 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2506 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2507 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2510 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2511 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2512 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2515 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2516 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2517 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2518 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2525 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2528 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2534 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2535 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2536 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2538 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2540 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2544 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2545 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2548 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2550 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2551 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2552 for applications? */
2554 /* xgettext:c-format */
2555 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2556 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2559 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2560 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2565 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2566 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2567 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2569 /* xgettext:c-format */
2570 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2571 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2572 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2574 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2575 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2576 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2577 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2578 be rejected with an error message. */
2580 /* xgettext:c-format */
2581 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2582 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2585 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2586 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2591 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2593 /* xgettext:c-format */
2594 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2595 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2603 elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
] = false;
2607 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2610 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2612 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2614 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2616 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2618 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2619 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2620 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2622 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2623 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2624 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2627 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2629 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2632 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2635 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2638 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2642 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2644 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2646 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2649 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2651 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2652 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2655 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2657 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2658 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2659 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2662 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2664 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2666 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2667 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2668 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2669 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2670 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2674 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2675 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2676 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2677 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2680 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2682 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2683 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2684 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2687 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2690 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.n"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2691 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.p"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2692 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2693 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2694 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2695 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2696 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2698 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2699 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2700 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2703 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2705 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2706 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2709 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2711 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2712 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2713 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2714 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2717 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2719 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2720 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2723 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2725 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".noinit"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2726 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2727 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2728 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2731 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2733 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".persistent.bss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2734 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".persistent"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2735 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2736 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2737 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2740 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2742 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2743 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2744 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2745 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2746 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2749 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2751 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2752 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2753 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2754 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2755 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2756 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2757 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2760 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2762 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2763 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2764 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2765 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2768 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2770 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2771 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2772 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2773 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2774 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2777 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2779 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2780 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2781 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2783 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2784 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2785 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2786 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2789 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2791 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2793 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2795 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2796 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2797 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2803 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2806 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2807 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2808 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2814 len
= strlen (name
);
2816 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2819 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2821 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2823 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2826 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2827 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2829 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2831 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2833 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2834 && (suffix_len
== -2
2835 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2841 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2843 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2844 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2854 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2855 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2858 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2859 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2861 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2862 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2865 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2866 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2869 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2870 bed
->special_sections
,
2876 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2879 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2880 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2883 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2888 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2892 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2894 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2895 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2896 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2898 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2901 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2905 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2908 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2909 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2910 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2912 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2913 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2914 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2917 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2918 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2921 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2924 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2926 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2927 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2928 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2929 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2931 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2932 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2933 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2934 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2935 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2936 of combined data+bss.
2938 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2939 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2940 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2941 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2942 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2947 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2948 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2950 const char *type_name
)
2957 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
2959 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2960 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2961 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2963 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2965 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2966 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2967 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2970 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2971 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2972 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2974 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
2975 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
/ opb
;
2976 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2977 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2978 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2979 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2980 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2982 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2983 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2984 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2986 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2988 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2991 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2993 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2997 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
3001 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
3002 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
3003 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3006 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3007 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3008 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3010 newsect
->vma
= (hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3011 newsect
->lma
= (hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3012 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3013 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3014 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3015 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3016 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3017 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3018 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3020 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3021 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3022 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3024 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3025 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3032 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3034 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3035 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3036 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3042 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3044 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3046 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3049 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3052 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3054 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3055 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3059 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3062 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3065 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3067 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3073 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3076 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3078 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3079 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3083 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3086 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3089 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3090 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3091 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3095 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3099 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3101 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3103 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3104 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3107 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3111 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3112 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3113 const char *sec_name
,
3116 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3117 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3121 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3123 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3125 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3131 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3132 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3133 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3137 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3138 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3139 const char *sec_name
,
3141 bool delay_st_name_p
)
3143 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3144 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3146 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3147 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3148 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3150 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3151 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3152 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3155 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3156 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3157 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3158 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3159 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3160 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3161 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3162 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3163 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3168 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3171 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3173 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3174 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3176 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3179 struct fake_section_arg
3181 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3185 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3188 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3190 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3191 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3192 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3193 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3194 unsigned int sh_type
;
3195 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3196 bool delay_st_name_p
= false;
3201 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3206 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3210 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3211 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3212 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3216 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3218 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3219 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3220 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3221 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3222 delay_st_name_p
= true;
3225 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3227 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3228 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3230 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3231 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3235 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3236 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3244 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3246 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3247 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3248 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3249 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3250 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3251 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3256 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3261 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3262 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3266 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3268 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3275 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3277 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3278 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3279 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, asect
);
3281 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3283 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3284 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3285 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3286 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3287 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3290 /* xgettext:c-format */
3291 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3292 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3296 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3297 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3298 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3299 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3300 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3301 copy_private_section_data. */
3303 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3304 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3306 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3308 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3309 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3311 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3313 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3314 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3315 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3316 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3317 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3319 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3320 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3321 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3322 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3324 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3325 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3328 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3339 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3340 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3341 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3342 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3346 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3350 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3354 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3358 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3359 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3363 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3364 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3367 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3368 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3371 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3372 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3373 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3374 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3376 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3377 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3379 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3380 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3383 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3384 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3385 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3386 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3388 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3389 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3391 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3392 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3396 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3400 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3404 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3405 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3406 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3407 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3408 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3409 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3410 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3412 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3413 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3415 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3416 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3417 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3418 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3419 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3421 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3422 if (asect
->size
== 0
3423 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3425 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3427 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3430 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3431 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3432 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3436 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3437 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3439 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3440 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3441 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3442 create the other. */
3443 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3445 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3448 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3449 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3450 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3451 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3453 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3454 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3455 false, delay_st_name_p
))
3460 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3461 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3462 true, delay_st_name_p
))
3468 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3470 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3480 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3481 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3482 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3483 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3489 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3491 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3492 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3493 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3497 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3498 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3499 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3500 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3503 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3505 bool *failedptr
= (bool *) failedptrarg
;
3506 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3510 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3512 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3517 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3519 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3521 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3523 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3524 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3528 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3530 PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
3531 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) == NULL
)
3536 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3538 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3540 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3542 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3543 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3544 set until all local symbols are output. */
3546 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3547 unsigned long symndx
;
3548 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3549 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3551 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3552 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3553 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3554 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3555 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3556 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3558 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3560 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3562 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3563 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3565 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3566 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3567 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3568 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3570 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3573 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3575 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3578 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3580 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3581 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3582 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3589 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3591 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3592 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3593 start of the input section group. */
3594 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3596 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3597 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3598 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3599 directives, not that it matters. */
3606 s
= s
->output_section
;
3608 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3610 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3611 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3613 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3615 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3616 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3618 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3620 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3622 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3624 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3625 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3627 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3629 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3634 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3640 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3642 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3645 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3646 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3647 relocations apply. */
3650 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3652 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3653 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3654 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3655 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3660 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3666 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3669 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3672 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3677 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3679 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3680 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3683 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3684 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3685 if (!startswith (name
, ".rel"))
3688 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3691 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3692 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3693 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3696 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3697 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3698 in here too, while we're at it. LINK_INFO will be 0 when arriving
3699 here for objcopy, and when using the generic ELF linker. */
3702 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3704 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3706 unsigned int section_number
;
3707 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3708 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3714 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3716 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3717 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3719 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3721 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3722 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3724 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3726 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3728 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3730 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3731 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3732 abfd
->section_count
--;
3735 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3738 /* Count relocations. */
3739 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3742 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3743 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3744 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3747 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3749 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3751 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3752 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3753 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3754 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3757 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3758 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3759 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3766 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3767 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3768 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3774 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3775 || (link_info
== NULL
3776 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3780 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3781 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3782 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3784 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3786 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3788 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3789 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3790 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3792 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3793 ".symtab_shndx", false);
3794 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3797 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3798 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3801 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3802 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3803 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3805 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3807 /* xgettext:c-format */
3808 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3809 abfd
, section_number
);
3813 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3814 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3816 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3818 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3819 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3820 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3823 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3824 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3825 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3827 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3831 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3833 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3836 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3837 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3839 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3840 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3841 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3842 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3844 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3845 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3848 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3852 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3854 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3855 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3856 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3857 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3858 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3860 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3862 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3863 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3864 the relocation entries apply. */
3865 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3867 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3868 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3869 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3871 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3873 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3874 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3875 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3878 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3879 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3881 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3882 /* We can now have a NULL linked section pointer.
3883 This happens when the sh_link field is 0, which is done
3884 when a linked to section is discarded but the linking
3885 section has been retained for some reason. */
3888 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3889 if (discarded_section (s
))
3893 /* xgettext:c-format */
3894 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3895 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3896 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3897 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3898 size as the discarded one. */
3899 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3907 /* Handle objcopy. */
3908 else if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3911 /* xgettext:c-format */
3912 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3913 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3914 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3915 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3918 s
= s
->output_section
;
3919 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3923 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3927 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3928 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3929 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3930 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3931 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3932 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3933 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3935 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3937 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3940 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3941 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3946 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3947 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3948 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3949 field to point to this section. */
3950 if (startswith (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3951 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3956 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3957 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3960 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3961 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3962 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3966 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3968 /* This is a .stab section. */
3969 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 12;
3976 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3977 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3978 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3979 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3981 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3983 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3986 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3987 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3988 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3989 the version strings. */
3990 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3991 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3993 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3998 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3999 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
4000 this hash table or version table is for. */
4001 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4003 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4007 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4011 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4012 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4013 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4019 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4021 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4022 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4023 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4024 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4026 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4027 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4028 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4031 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4032 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4033 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4034 the beginning of that array.
4036 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4039 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4040 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4042 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4044 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4046 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4047 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4048 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4050 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4053 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, false, false, false);
4056 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4058 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4061 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4064 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4069 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4070 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4073 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4075 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4080 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4083 /* Ignore the section symbol if it isn't used. */
4084 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM_USED
) == 0)
4087 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4090 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (sym
);
4091 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4092 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4093 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4094 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4095 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4096 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4097 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4098 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4101 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4102 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4105 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4107 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4108 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4109 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4110 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4111 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4112 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4113 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4114 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4121 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4125 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4127 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4128 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4132 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4133 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4134 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4136 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4137 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4139 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4140 decided to output. */
4141 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4143 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4145 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4147 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4148 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4150 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4152 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4153 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4155 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4159 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4160 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4162 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4164 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4168 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4169 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4170 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4171 at least in that case. */
4172 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4174 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4175 /* Don't include ignored section symbols. */
4176 if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4177 && sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4179 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4186 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4187 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4188 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4189 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4192 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4194 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4197 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4198 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4199 /* Don't include ignored section symbols. */
4200 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4205 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4207 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4209 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4210 if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4211 && sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4215 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4216 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4219 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4221 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4225 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4227 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4231 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4232 ELF data structure. */
4234 static inline file_ptr
4235 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4237 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4240 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4241 required section alignment. */
4244 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4248 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4249 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4250 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4251 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4252 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4253 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4254 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4258 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4259 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4260 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4263 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4264 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4266 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4267 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4269 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4270 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4273 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4276 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4277 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4278 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4280 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4283 fsargs
.failed
= false;
4284 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4285 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4289 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4292 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4293 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4294 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4295 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4299 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4300 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4302 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
, link_info
))
4307 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4309 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4314 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4315 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4316 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4317 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4318 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4319 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4320 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4321 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4322 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4323 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4324 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4326 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4332 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4334 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4336 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4337 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
4339 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4341 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4342 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4343 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
4344 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4347 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4348 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
4350 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4352 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4354 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4355 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4357 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4360 abfd
->output_has_begun
= true;
4365 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4366 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4368 static bfd_size_type
4369 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4373 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4375 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4376 and one for data. */
4379 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4380 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4382 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4383 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4384 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4389 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4391 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4395 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4397 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4401 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4403 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4407 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4409 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4413 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4414 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4415 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4417 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4421 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4423 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4424 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4426 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4427 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4429 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4430 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4431 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4432 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4433 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4434 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4435 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4436 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4437 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4438 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4443 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4445 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4447 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4453 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4455 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4456 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4458 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4459 bfd_vma commonpagesize
;
4460 unsigned int page_align_power
;
4463 commonpagesize
= info
->commonpagesize
;
4465 commonpagesize
= bed
->commonpagesize
;
4466 page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (commonpagesize
);
4467 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4468 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4470 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4473 /* xgettext:c-format */
4474 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4475 "sh_info field: %d"),
4476 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4479 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4480 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4481 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4486 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4487 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4491 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4497 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4500 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4503 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4505 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4506 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4508 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4514 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4515 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4522 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4524 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4525 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4526 asection
**sections
,
4531 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4536 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4537 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4538 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4542 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4543 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4544 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4545 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4547 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4549 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4550 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4551 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4557 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4560 struct elf_segment_map
*
4561 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4563 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4565 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4566 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4570 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4572 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4577 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4580 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4581 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4582 bool remove_empty_load
)
4584 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4585 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4587 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4588 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4589 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4590 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4592 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4595 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4597 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4599 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4600 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4601 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4603 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4607 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4609 if (remove_empty_load
4610 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4612 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4618 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4619 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4621 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4628 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4629 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4631 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4634 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4637 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4638 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4639 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4642 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4645 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4647 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4651 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4652 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4655 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4656 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4658 bool phdr_in_segment
;
4661 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4662 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4663 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4664 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4666 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0; /* Bytes. */
4667 bfd_size_type phdr_size
; /* Octets/bytes. */
4668 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
4670 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4672 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4673 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4674 if (sections
== NULL
)
4677 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4678 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4680 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4681 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4684 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4686 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4688 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4689 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4691 s
->target_index
= i
;
4694 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4695 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4696 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
;
4699 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4702 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4704 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4705 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4706 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4707 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4708 /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
4711 maxpagesize
= info
->maxpagesize
;
4713 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4714 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4716 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4718 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4719 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4720 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4721 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4722 been left for them. */
4723 phdr_in_segment
= true;
4725 /* Build the mapping. */
4729 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4730 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4732 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4733 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4735 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4736 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4740 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4742 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4743 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4744 phdr_in_segment
= true;
4748 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4749 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4753 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4761 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4762 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4763 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4769 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4771 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4774 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4775 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4777 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4778 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4779 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4780 program headers we will need. */
4781 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4783 bfd_vma phdr_lma
; /* Bytes. */
4784 bool separate_phdr
= false;
4786 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4788 && info
->separate_code
4789 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4791 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4792 thus not executable, and the first section is
4793 executable then put the file and program headers in
4794 their own PT_LOAD. */
4795 separate_phdr
= true;
4796 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4797 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4799 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4800 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4801 previous page if we can. */
4802 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4803 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4805 separate_phdr
= false;
4808 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4809 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4810 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4811 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4812 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4813 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4814 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4815 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4817 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4818 else if (separate_phdr
)
4820 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4823 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
* opb
;
4825 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4826 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4829 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4833 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4840 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4843 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4845 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4846 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4847 new_segment
= false;
4849 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4851 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4852 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4856 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4857 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4859 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4860 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4863 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4864 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4865 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4867 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4868 pages onto the same memory page. */
4869 new_segment
= false;
4871 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4872 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4873 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4874 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4875 section can be included in the current segment. */
4876 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4877 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4878 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4879 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4881 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4882 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4885 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4886 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4888 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4889 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4890 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4891 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4894 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4896 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4897 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4898 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4899 new_segment
= false;
4901 else if (info
!= NULL
4902 && info
->separate_code
4903 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4908 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4910 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4916 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4917 new_segment
= false;
4920 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4921 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4923 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4925 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4931 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4933 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4936 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4937 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4941 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4942 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4944 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4951 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4956 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4962 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4963 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4965 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4968 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4970 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4971 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4972 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4974 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4982 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4985 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4992 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
4993 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4994 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4995 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4996 in the output file. */
4997 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4999 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5000 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
5003 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
5006 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
5008 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5009 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5010 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5011 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
/ opb
,
5018 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5019 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5020 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5024 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5028 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5029 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5032 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5033 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5037 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5043 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5044 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5048 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5051 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5052 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5053 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5058 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5059 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5061 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5063 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5065 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5068 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5071 while (i
< tls_count
)
5073 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5075 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5079 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5082 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5094 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5095 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5096 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5097 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5098 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5100 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5101 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5102 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5104 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5107 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5108 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5112 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5113 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5115 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5117 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5123 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5124 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5125 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5127 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5128 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5132 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5134 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5141 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5143 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5144 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5145 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5147 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5148 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5152 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5154 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5160 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5162 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5163 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5167 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5168 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5169 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5170 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5171 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5172 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5174 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5175 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5182 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5184 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5186 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5188 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5189 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5192 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5194 if (m
->sections
[i
]->size
> 0
5195 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5196 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5200 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5205 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5208 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5209 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5213 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5220 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5223 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5226 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5228 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5237 /* Sort sections by address. */
5240 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5242 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5243 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5244 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5246 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5247 place the section into a segment. */
5248 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5250 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5253 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5254 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5255 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5257 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5260 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5262 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 \
5270 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5275 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5276 before others at the same address. */
5278 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5279 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5286 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5289 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5290 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5293 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5295 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5296 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5298 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5300 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5302 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5304 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5306 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5307 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5308 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5309 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5310 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5312 bfd_vma lma1
, lma2
; /* Octets. */
5314 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5316 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5318 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m1
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5320 lma1
= (m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5323 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5325 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5327 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m2
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5329 lma2
= (m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5332 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5334 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5335 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5339 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5341 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5342 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5343 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5344 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5345 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5348 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5349 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5351 /* In other words, something like:
5353 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5354 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5355 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5356 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5358 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5360 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5363 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5365 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5366 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5368 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5372 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5375 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5380 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5381 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5382 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5383 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5384 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5385 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5387 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5388 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5392 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5393 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5394 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5400 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5405 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5407 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5410 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5415 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5416 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5420 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5421 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5423 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5424 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5425 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5426 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5427 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5428 file_ptr off
; /* Octets. */
5429 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5430 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5432 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5433 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
5435 if (link_info
== NULL
5436 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5440 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5445 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5446 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5450 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5451 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5452 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5455 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5457 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5460 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5464 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5465 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5466 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5467 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5472 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5476 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5477 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5478 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5479 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5480 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5482 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5483 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5484 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5485 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5486 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5487 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5488 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5492 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5494 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5495 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5496 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5497 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5498 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5499 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5501 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5502 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5504 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5505 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5506 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5511 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5515 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5517 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5518 maxpagesize
= link_info
->maxpagesize
;
5520 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5523 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5524 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5525 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5526 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5527 position after the ELF file header. */
5528 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5529 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5531 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5532 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5534 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5540 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5541 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5543 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5546 bfd_vma off_adjust
; /* Octets. */
5549 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5550 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5551 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5552 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5553 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5554 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5556 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5557 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5560 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
* opb
;
5562 p
->p_vaddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5564 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5565 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5566 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5569 p
->p_paddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5571 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5572 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5574 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5575 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5576 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5577 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5578 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5579 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5580 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5582 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5583 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5585 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5587 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5588 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5589 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5590 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5592 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5594 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5596 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5599 no_contents
= false;
5601 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5604 bfd_size_type align
; /* Bytes. */
5605 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5607 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5611 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5613 unsigned int secalign
;
5615 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5616 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5617 align_power
= secalign
;
5619 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5620 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5621 align
= maxpagesize
;
5624 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5625 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5626 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5627 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5628 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5629 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5631 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5634 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5635 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5637 no_contents
= false;
5641 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
* opb
);
5643 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5644 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5647 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5648 && bed
->no_page_alias
5649 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5650 && ((off
& -maxpagesize
)
5651 == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
)))
5652 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5656 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5657 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5658 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5659 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5660 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5661 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5662 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5663 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5668 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5669 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5670 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5672 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5675 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5676 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5678 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5681 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5682 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5683 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5684 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5686 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5688 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5690 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5691 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5692 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5696 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5697 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5698 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5701 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5702 " try linking with -N"),
5704 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5708 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5712 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5714 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5715 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5716 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5717 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5721 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5723 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5725 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5726 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5727 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5729 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5731 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5734 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5735 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5736 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5739 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5741 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5742 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0; /* Octets. */
5743 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5744 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5745 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5746 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5747 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5748 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5751 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5755 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5756 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5758 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5763 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5764 without file contents somewhere within the first
5765 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5766 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5767 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5771 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5776 file_ptr adjust
; /* Octets. */
5778 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5780 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5781 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5785 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5786 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5787 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5788 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5789 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5790 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5793 bfd_size_type align
;
5794 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5797 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5798 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5800 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5801 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5802 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5803 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5804 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5805 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5807 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
; /* Octets. */
5808 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
; /* Octets. */
5809 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
* opb
; /* Octets. */
5810 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
; /* Octets. */
5814 || p_end
< p_start
))
5817 /* xgettext:c-format */
5818 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5819 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
/ opb
,
5820 (uint64_t) p_end
/ opb
);
5822 sec
->lma
= p_end
/ opb
;
5824 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5826 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5828 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5831 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5833 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5834 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5836 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5837 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5841 /* We only adjust sh_offset in SHT_NOBITS sections
5842 as would seem proper for their address when the
5843 section is first in the segment. sh_offset
5844 doesn't really have any significance for
5845 SHT_NOBITS anyway, apart from a notional position
5846 relative to other sections. Historically we
5847 didn't bother with adjusting sh_offset and some
5848 programs depend on it not being adjusted. See
5849 pr12921 and pr25662. */
5850 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
|| i
== 0)
5853 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
5854 off_adjust
+= adjust
;
5857 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5858 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5861 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5863 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5867 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5868 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5869 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5875 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5884 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5886 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5887 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5888 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5890 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5891 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5892 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5894 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5895 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5896 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5897 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5898 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5899 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5901 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5903 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5906 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5908 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5909 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5910 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5911 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5912 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5913 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5915 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5917 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5918 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5920 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5922 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5923 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5926 if (align
> p
->p_align
5927 && !m
->p_align_valid
5928 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5929 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5933 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5936 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5938 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5945 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5946 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5947 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5948 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5949 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5950 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5952 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5953 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5954 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5955 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5956 " by LOAD segment"),
5958 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5960 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5961 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5962 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5965 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5966 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5967 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5969 bool check_vma
= true;
5971 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5972 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5973 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5974 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5975 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5976 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5978 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5983 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5985 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5988 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5989 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5990 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5991 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5994 /* xgettext:c-format */
5995 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5997 print_segment_map (m
);
6003 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6005 if (link_info
!= NULL
6006 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
6007 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
6009 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
6010 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
6011 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
6013 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
6014 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
6015 false, false, true);
6016 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
6018 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
6019 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6020 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6021 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6024 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
/ opb
;
6026 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6027 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6028 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6030 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6031 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6032 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6040 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6041 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6045 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6046 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6049 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6050 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6058 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6059 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6060 use heuristics instead. */
6063 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6065 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6068 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6069 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6070 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6072 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6074 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6076 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6077 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6078 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6079 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6080 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6087 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6088 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6091 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6092 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6094 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6095 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6096 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6097 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6098 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6099 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6101 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
6102 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6104 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6105 maxpagesize
= link_info
->maxpagesize
;
6107 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
6108 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6109 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6110 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6111 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6113 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6116 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6117 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6118 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6119 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6120 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6121 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6123 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6124 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6125 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6126 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6127 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6128 so do not warn about them. */
6129 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6131 /* xgettext:c-format */
6132 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6134 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6136 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6137 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6138 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6139 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6142 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6144 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6147 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6148 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6149 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6150 not been decided. */
6151 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6152 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6153 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6154 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6155 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6156 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6157 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6158 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6159 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6160 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6162 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
6164 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6166 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6167 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6168 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6169 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6171 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6173 bfd_vma start
, end
; /* Bytes. */
6176 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6178 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6179 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6180 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6181 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6182 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6184 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6186 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6188 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6189 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
/ opb
;
6200 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6201 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6204 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6206 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6208 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6210 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6212 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6213 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6214 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
/ opb
6216 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6222 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6223 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6225 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6234 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
* opb
;
6235 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
* opb
;
6236 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6237 p
->p_memsz
= end
* opb
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6238 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6240 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6241 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6242 In cases where the end does not match any
6243 loaded section (for instance is in file
6244 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6245 the end of loaded section contents. */
6246 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6247 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6249 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6250 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6251 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6252 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6253 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6255 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6257 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6263 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6266 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6268 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6270 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6271 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6273 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6277 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6278 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6279 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6281 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6282 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6283 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6289 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6291 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6293 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6294 "and/or program header"),
6295 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6300 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6301 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6303 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6304 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6305 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6307 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6309 /* NB: p_memsz of the loadable PT_NOTE segment
6310 should be the same as p_filesz. */
6311 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
6312 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6313 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
6324 static elf_section_list
*
6325 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6327 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6333 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6334 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6335 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6337 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6338 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6339 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6340 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6341 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6342 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6343 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6344 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6346 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6349 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6350 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6352 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6353 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6354 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6357 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6358 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6360 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6361 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6362 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6366 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6367 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6369 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6370 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6371 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6372 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6374 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6377 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6378 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6379 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6381 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6382 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6383 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6384 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6385 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6386 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6387 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6388 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6389 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6391 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6394 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
6397 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6398 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6402 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6403 assignment of sections to segments. */
6404 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6407 /* And for non-load sections. */
6408 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6412 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6415 /* Write out the program headers. */
6416 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6419 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6420 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6428 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6429 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6431 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6432 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6433 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6435 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6437 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6438 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6441 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6443 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6444 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6445 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6446 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6448 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6449 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6450 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6451 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6453 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6454 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6455 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6456 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6457 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6458 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6460 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6462 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6464 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6465 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6468 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6469 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6470 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6471 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6472 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6473 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6474 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6475 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6477 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6480 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6481 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6483 /* No program header, for now. */
6484 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6485 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6486 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6488 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6489 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6490 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6492 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6493 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", false);
6494 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6495 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", false);
6496 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6497 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", false);
6498 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6499 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6500 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6506 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6508 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6509 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6510 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6511 changed or the programs updated. */
6514 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6516 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6518 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6519 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6520 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6521 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6522 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6524 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6525 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6526 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6527 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6528 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6530 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6531 segments is non-zero. */
6533 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6538 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6539 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6542 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6545 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6546 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6547 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6548 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6550 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6552 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6553 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6554 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6557 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6559 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6560 bool is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6561 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6562 bool is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6565 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6567 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6569 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6570 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6572 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6573 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6577 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6578 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6580 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6581 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6583 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6584 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6588 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6589 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6592 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6594 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6596 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6598 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6603 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6608 /* Update section size and contents. */
6609 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6610 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6611 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6615 /* Update section size and contents. */
6616 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6617 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6620 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6627 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6629 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6630 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6631 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6632 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, true);
6634 /* Place the section headers. */
6635 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6636 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6637 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6638 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6639 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6640 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6646 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6648 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6649 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6651 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6652 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6654 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6655 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6657 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6658 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6659 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6660 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6662 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6663 already been written to the BFD. */
6664 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6666 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6670 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6673 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6677 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6680 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6681 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6682 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6684 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6685 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6686 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6687 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6688 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6690 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6692 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6694 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6695 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6700 /* Write out the section header names. */
6701 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6702 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6703 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6704 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6707 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6710 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6713 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6714 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6715 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6721 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6723 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6724 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6727 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6730 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6732 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6733 unsigned int sec_index
;
6735 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6736 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6737 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6739 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6740 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6741 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6742 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6743 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6744 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6746 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6748 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6749 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6751 int retval
= sec_index
;
6753 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6757 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6758 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6763 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6767 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6769 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6771 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6773 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6774 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6775 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6776 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6777 input sections rather than the output section. */
6778 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6779 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6780 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6785 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6786 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6787 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6788 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6789 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6790 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6791 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6794 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6798 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6799 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6801 /* xgettext:c-format */
6802 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6803 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6804 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6811 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6812 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6820 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6823 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
6825 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6826 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6827 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6828 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6829 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6832 unsigned int num_segments
;
6833 bool phdr_included
= false;
6835 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6836 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6837 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6838 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
6840 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6841 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6844 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6846 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6848 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6849 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6850 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6851 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6853 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6854 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6855 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6856 ? section->size : 0)
6858 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6859 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6860 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
6861 (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
6862 && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6863 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6865 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6866 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6867 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
6868 (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
6869 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
6870 && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6871 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6873 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6874 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6875 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6876 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6877 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6878 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6879 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6881 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6883 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6885 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6889 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6890 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6891 p_memsz set to 0. */
6892 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6894 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6895 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6896 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6897 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6899 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6900 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6901 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6903 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6904 A section will be included if:
6905 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6906 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6907 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6909 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6910 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6911 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6912 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6913 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6914 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6915 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6916 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6917 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6918 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
6919 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
6920 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6921 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6922 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6923 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6924 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6925 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6926 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6927 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6928 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6929 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6930 || (segment->p_paddr \
6931 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
6932 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
6933 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6934 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6936 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6937 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6938 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6939 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
6940 && section->output_section != NULL)
6942 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6943 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6944 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6946 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6947 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6948 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6949 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6950 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6952 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6953 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6954 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6955 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6956 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6958 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6959 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6960 section
->segment_mark
= false;
6962 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6963 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6964 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6965 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6966 p_paddr_valid
= false;
6967 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6970 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6972 p_paddr_valid
= true;
6976 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6977 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6978 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6979 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6980 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6985 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6987 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6988 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6989 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6991 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6992 assignment code will work. */
6993 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
* opb
;
6997 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6999 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
7000 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
7001 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7005 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
7006 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
7008 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
7010 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
7011 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
7014 /* Merge the two segments together. */
7015 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
7017 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
7019 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
7020 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
7022 if (extra_length
> 0)
7024 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7025 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7028 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7030 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
7032 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7037 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7039 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7040 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7042 if (extra_length
> 0)
7044 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7045 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7048 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7053 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7054 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7058 unsigned int section_count
;
7059 asection
**sections
;
7060 asection
*output_section
;
7062 asection
*matching_lma
;
7063 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7066 asection
*first_section
;
7068 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7071 first_section
= NULL
;
7072 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7073 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7075 section
= section
->next
)
7077 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7078 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7079 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7081 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7082 first_section
= section
;
7083 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7088 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7089 all of the sections we have selected. */
7090 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7091 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7092 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7096 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7097 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7099 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7100 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7101 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7103 if (map
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7104 && (ibfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
7106 && segment
->p_align
> 1)
7108 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7109 if (segment
->p_align
> maxpagesize
)
7110 map
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
7111 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7114 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7115 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7117 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7119 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7120 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7123 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7124 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7125 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7126 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7127 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7129 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7131 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7132 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7133 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7134 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7135 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7137 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7138 phdr_included
= true;
7141 if (section_count
== 0)
7143 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7144 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7145 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7146 a warning is produced.
7147 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7148 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7149 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7150 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7151 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7152 /* xgettext:c-format */
7154 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7155 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7156 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7158 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7160 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7161 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7166 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7167 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7168 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7169 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7171 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7172 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7175 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7176 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7177 of the first section.
7179 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7180 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7181 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7182 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7183 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7185 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7186 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7187 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7188 or segments to contain the other sections.
7190 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7191 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7192 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7194 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7195 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7196 if (sections
== NULL
)
7199 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7200 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7201 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7202 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7203 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7206 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7207 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7209 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7211 section
= section
->next
)
7213 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7215 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7217 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7219 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7220 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7221 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7222 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7224 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7225 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7227 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7228 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7229 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7230 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7231 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7232 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7234 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7235 == (output_section
->vma
* opb
)))
7236 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7238 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7239 LMA address of the output section. */
7240 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7242 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7243 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7244 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
, opb
)))
7246 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7247 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7248 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7250 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7251 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7253 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7255 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7256 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7258 if (j
== section_count
)
7263 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7265 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7267 if (isec
== section_count
)
7269 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7270 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7271 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7272 program header in the input BFD. */
7273 map
->count
= section_count
;
7274 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7275 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7278 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7280 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7281 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7282 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7283 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7284 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7286 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7288 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7289 - matching_lma
->lma
);
7297 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7298 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7299 section fitted, the first section. */
7300 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7301 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7303 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7305 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7306 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7307 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7309 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7311 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7312 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7313 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7314 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7315 offset when we know the correct value. */
7316 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7317 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7320 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7322 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7323 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7324 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7325 first section lma, but there may have been some
7326 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7327 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7328 the same alignment. */
7329 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7330 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7331 map
->p_paddr
&= -(align
* opb
);
7335 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7336 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7337 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7338 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7339 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7340 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7346 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7348 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7349 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7351 section
= sections
[j
];
7353 if (section
== NULL
)
7356 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7358 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7360 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7362 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7364 if (map
->count
== 0)
7366 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7367 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7369 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7370 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7371 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7372 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7373 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7375 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7376 != output_section
->lma
* opb
)
7383 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7385 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7386 and the start of this section is more than
7387 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7388 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7390 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7391 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7392 > output_section
->lma
))
7394 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7395 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7401 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7404 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7405 section
->segment_mark
= true;
7407 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7408 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7411 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7412 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7413 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7414 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7415 So allow a count of zero. */
7417 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7418 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7419 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7421 if (isec
< section_count
)
7423 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7424 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7425 and carry on looping. */
7426 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7427 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7428 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7435 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7436 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7437 not yet been assigned. */
7439 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7440 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7441 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7442 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7443 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7444 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7445 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7450 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7454 while (isec
< section_count
);
7459 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7461 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7462 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7463 the offset if necessary. */
7464 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7468 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7471 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7472 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7473 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7475 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7476 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7479 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7480 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7487 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7488 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7490 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7491 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7492 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7493 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7494 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7495 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7499 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7502 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7504 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7505 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7506 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7507 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7508 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7510 unsigned int num_segments
;
7511 bool phdr_included
= false;
7513 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
7515 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7518 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7520 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7521 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7522 p_paddr_valid
= false;
7523 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7524 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7527 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7529 p_paddr_valid
= true;
7533 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7538 unsigned int section_count
;
7540 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7541 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7542 asection
*lowest_section
;
7544 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7545 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7547 section
= section
->next
)
7549 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7550 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7552 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7553 first_section
= section
;
7558 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7559 all of the sections we have selected. */
7560 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7561 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7562 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7566 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7569 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7570 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7571 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7572 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7573 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7574 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7575 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7576 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7578 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7579 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7581 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7582 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7583 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7584 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7585 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7587 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7588 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7591 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7592 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7593 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7594 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7596 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7597 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7599 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7600 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7601 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7602 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7603 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7605 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7606 phdr_included
= true;
7609 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7610 if (section_count
!= 0)
7612 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7614 for (section
= first_section
;
7616 section
= section
->next
)
7618 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7619 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7621 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7622 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7626 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7627 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7628 lowest_section
= section
;
7630 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7631 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7632 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7633 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7635 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7636 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7638 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7639 if (section
->lma
* opb
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7640 map
->p_paddr_valid
= false;
7642 if (isec
== section_count
)
7648 if (section_count
== 0)
7649 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7650 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7652 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7653 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7654 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7655 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7656 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7657 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7659 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7660 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7663 map
->count
= section_count
;
7664 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7665 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7668 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7672 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7676 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7678 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
7680 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7681 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7684 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7687 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7689 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7690 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7691 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7692 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7693 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7694 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7695 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7697 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7699 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7700 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7703 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7704 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7705 section
= section
->next
)
7706 section
->segment_mark
= false;
7708 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7709 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7713 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7714 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7715 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7716 map in this case. */
7717 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7718 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7719 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7722 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7723 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7725 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7726 from the input BFD. */
7727 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7729 osec
->segment_mark
= true;
7731 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7732 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7733 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7735 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7736 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7738 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7739 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7740 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7741 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7742 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7743 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7749 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7751 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7752 section
= section
->next
)
7754 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7757 section
->segment_mark
= false;
7760 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7765 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7767 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7768 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7769 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7771 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7773 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7776 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7777 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7779 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7780 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7781 /* xgettext:c-format */
7782 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7783 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7784 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7786 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7789 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
7790 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
7792 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
, maxpagesize
);
7795 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7798 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7802 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7805 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7806 bool final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7807 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7809 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7810 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7813 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7815 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7816 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7817 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7818 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7819 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7820 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7821 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7822 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7823 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7824 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7825 are different the user may be doing something like
7826 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7827 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7828 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7829 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7831 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7832 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7833 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7835 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7836 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7837 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7839 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7840 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7841 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7842 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7843 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7845 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7846 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7847 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7848 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7849 if ((link_info
== NULL
7850 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7851 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7852 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7854 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7855 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7856 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7857 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7860 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7861 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7862 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7865 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7867 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7868 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7869 may be NULL at this point. */
7870 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7872 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7873 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7874 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7877 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7882 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7883 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7886 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7891 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7893 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7894 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7897 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7898 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7900 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7902 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7903 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7904 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7905 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7906 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7908 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7912 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7913 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7914 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7915 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7916 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7920 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7924 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7925 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7927 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7928 asection
*s
= first
;
7929 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7933 /* If this member section is being output but the
7934 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7935 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7936 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7937 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7939 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7940 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7944 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7945 if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7946 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7948 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being
7949 output but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust
7952 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7953 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7955 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7956 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7961 /* Also adjust for zero-sized relocation member
7963 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7964 && elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7966 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7967 && elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7971 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7977 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7979 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7980 adjust the input section size. */
7981 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7982 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7983 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7984 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7987 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7992 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7994 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7995 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7997 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7998 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8007 /* Copy private header information. */
8010 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
8012 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8013 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8016 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
8017 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
8018 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
8019 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
8020 already been worked out. */
8021 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
8023 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
8027 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
8030 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
8031 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
8032 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
8033 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
8034 swap_out_syms function. */
8036 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
8037 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
8038 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
8039 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
8040 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
8043 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
8048 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
8050 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8051 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8054 isym
= elf_symbol_from (isymarg
);
8055 osym
= elf_symbol_from (osymarg
);
8058 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
8060 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
8064 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8065 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
8066 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
8067 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
8068 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
8069 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8071 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8072 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8073 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8074 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8075 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8081 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8084 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8085 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8087 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8089 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8090 unsigned int symcount
;
8092 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8093 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8094 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8095 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8096 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8097 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8098 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8099 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8100 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8102 unsigned int num_locals
;
8104 bool name_local_sections
;
8106 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8109 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8110 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8114 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8115 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8116 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8117 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8118 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8119 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8120 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8121 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8123 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8124 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8126 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8127 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8128 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8130 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8131 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8135 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8136 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8139 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8142 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8145 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8146 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8148 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8149 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8151 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8153 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8154 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8156 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8157 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8159 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8160 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8163 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8164 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8165 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8166 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8167 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8169 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8172 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8174 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8175 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8181 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8182 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8183 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8184 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8185 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8186 outbound_syms_index
++;
8187 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8188 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8192 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8193 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8195 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8196 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8198 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8199 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8200 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8201 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8204 if (!name_local_sections
8205 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8207 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8208 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8212 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8213 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8215 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8217 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8221 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (syms
[idx
]);
8223 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8224 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8226 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8227 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8228 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8229 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8230 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8231 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8232 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8234 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8235 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8236 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8240 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8243 if (sec
->output_section
)
8245 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8246 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8249 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8250 if (! relocatable_p
)
8252 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8253 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8255 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8257 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8259 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8260 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8261 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8262 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8266 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8269 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8272 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8275 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8278 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8279 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8286 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8288 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8289 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8290 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8294 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8295 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8296 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8305 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8307 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8311 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8312 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8313 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8314 demand of applications. For example, it
8315 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8316 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8317 actually in the output file. */
8318 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8320 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8321 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8323 /* xgettext:c-format */
8325 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8326 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8327 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8329 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8335 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8338 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8340 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8341 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8342 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8344 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8346 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8348 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8353 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8356 /* Processor-specific types. */
8357 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8358 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8359 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8360 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8362 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8364 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8365 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8367 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8369 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8371 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8373 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8374 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8375 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8377 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8378 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8380 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8382 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8383 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8387 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8388 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8391 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8393 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8395 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8396 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8397 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8399 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8402 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8405 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8407 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8408 sym
.st_target_internal
8409 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8414 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8418 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8419 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8420 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8422 outbound_syms_index
++;
8423 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8424 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8427 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8428 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8430 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8431 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8433 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8434 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8435 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8437 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8438 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8439 if (info
&& info
->callbacks
->ctf_new_symbol
)
8440 info
->callbacks
->ctf_new_symbol (elfsym
->dest_index
,
8443 /* Inform the linker of the addition of this symbol. */
8445 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8447 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8448 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8450 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8451 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8456 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8457 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8458 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8459 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8460 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8461 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8462 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8463 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8468 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8470 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8471 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8472 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8475 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8477 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8479 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8481 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8482 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8484 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8487 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8489 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8490 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8492 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8494 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8496 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8505 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8507 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8509 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8511 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8513 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8517 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8518 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8520 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8523 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8525 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8526 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8528 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8530 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8532 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8541 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr asect
)
8543 if (asect
->reloc_count
!= 0 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8545 /* Sanity check reloc section size. */
8546 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (asect
);
8547 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= &d
->this_hdr
;
8548 bfd_size_type ext_rel_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
8549 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8551 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8553 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8558 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8559 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8561 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8565 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8568 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8571 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8578 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8580 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, false))
8583 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8584 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8585 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8589 return section
->reloc_count
;
8593 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8595 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8596 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, false);
8599 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8604 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8605 asymbol
**allocation
)
8607 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8608 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, true);
8611 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8615 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8616 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8617 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8618 dynamic reloc section. */
8621 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8623 bfd_size_type count
, ext_rel_size
;
8626 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8628 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8634 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8635 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8636 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8637 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8639 ext_rel_size
+= s
->size
;
8640 if (ext_rel_size
< s
->size
)
8642 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8645 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8646 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8648 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8652 if (count
> 1 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8654 /* Sanity check reloc section sizes. */
8655 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8656 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8658 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8662 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8665 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8666 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8667 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8668 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8669 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8670 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8671 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8674 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8678 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
8682 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8684 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8688 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8690 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8692 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8693 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8694 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8699 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, true))
8701 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8703 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8714 /* Read in the version information. */
8717 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bool default_imported_symver
)
8719 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8720 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8723 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8725 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8726 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8727 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8729 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8731 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8733 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8734 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8736 error_return_bad_verref
:
8738 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8739 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8740 error_return_verref
:
8741 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8742 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8746 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8747 goto error_return_verref
;
8748 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8749 if (contents
== NULL
)
8750 goto error_return_verref
;
8752 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8754 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8755 goto error_return_verref
;
8757 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8758 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8759 goto error_return_verref
;
8761 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8762 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8763 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8764 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8765 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8766 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8768 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8769 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8772 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8774 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8776 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8777 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8779 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8780 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8782 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8783 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8786 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8787 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8789 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8790 goto error_return_verref
;
8792 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8793 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8794 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8795 goto error_return_verref
;
8798 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8799 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8800 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8802 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8803 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8804 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8805 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8807 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8809 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8810 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8811 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8812 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8813 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8815 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8816 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8818 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8819 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8821 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8824 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8825 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8827 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8828 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8829 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8831 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8832 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8835 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8836 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8838 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8839 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8841 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8842 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8843 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8845 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8846 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8848 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8854 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8856 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8857 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8858 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8859 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8860 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8862 unsigned int maxidx
;
8863 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8865 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8867 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8869 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8871 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8872 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8873 error_return_verdef
:
8874 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8875 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8879 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8880 goto error_return_verdef
;
8881 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8882 if (contents
== NULL
)
8883 goto error_return_verdef
;
8885 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8886 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8887 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8888 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8889 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8890 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8892 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8893 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8895 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8897 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8899 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8901 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8902 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8903 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8904 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8906 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8909 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8910 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8911 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8913 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8914 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8917 if (default_imported_symver
)
8919 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8924 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8926 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8927 goto error_return_verdef
;
8929 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8930 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8931 goto error_return_verdef
;
8933 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8935 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8936 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8937 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8939 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8940 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8943 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8945 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8946 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8948 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8949 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8951 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8953 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8954 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8957 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8958 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8960 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8961 goto error_return_verdef
;
8963 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8964 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8965 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8966 goto error_return_verdef
;
8970 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8971 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8973 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8974 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8975 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8976 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8978 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8980 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8981 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8982 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8983 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8984 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8986 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8987 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8989 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8992 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8993 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8995 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8996 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8997 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8999 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
9000 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
9003 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
9004 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
9005 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
9007 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
9008 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
9010 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
9011 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
9013 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
9014 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
9020 else if (default_imported_symver
)
9027 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
9029 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
9032 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9033 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
9036 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
9039 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
9040 if (default_imported_symver
)
9042 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
9043 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
9045 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
9047 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
9048 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
9049 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
9050 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
9052 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
9054 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
9055 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
9056 goto error_return_verdef
;
9057 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
9058 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
9059 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
9060 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
9061 goto error_return_verdef
;
9063 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
9064 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
9075 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
9077 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
9079 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
9082 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
9083 return &newsym
->symbol
;
9087 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9091 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
9094 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
9095 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
9099 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9102 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
9103 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
9106 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
9107 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
9108 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
9111 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
9112 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
9113 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
9114 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
9115 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
9116 we treat such symbols as local. */
9117 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
9120 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
9121 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
9122 These labels have the form:
9124 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
9126 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
9128 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
9129 so we only need to match the rest. */
9130 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
9136 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9138 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9140 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9141 /* A fake symbol. */
9144 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9145 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9146 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9147 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9148 other than some kind of local ? */
9165 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9166 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9173 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9174 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9175 unsigned long machine
)
9177 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9178 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9179 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9180 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9181 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9184 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9187 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9188 for error reporting. */
9191 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9195 const char **filename_ptr
,
9196 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9197 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9198 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9202 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9203 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9204 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9205 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9206 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9209 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9210 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9212 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9213 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9214 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9219 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9220 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9221 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9222 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9224 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9227 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9230 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9231 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9238 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9241 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9242 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9244 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9245 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9246 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9247 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9250 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9251 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9252 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9253 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9254 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9257 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9258 const char **filename_ptr
,
9259 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9260 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9263 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9264 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9265 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9270 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9272 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9273 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9275 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9277 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9279 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9281 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9284 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9285 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9288 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9291 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9299 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9301 const void *location
,
9303 bfd_size_type count
)
9305 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9308 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9309 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9315 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9316 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9318 unsigned char *contents
;
9320 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9321 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9325 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9328 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9330 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9334 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9337 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9340 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9344 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9345 if (contents
== NULL
)
9348 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9351 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9355 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9359 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9360 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9361 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9368 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9369 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9370 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9376 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9379 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9381 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9383 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9385 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9386 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9388 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9389 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9391 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9393 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9396 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9399 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9402 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9405 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9408 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9411 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9417 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9419 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9421 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9422 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9424 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9429 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9435 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9438 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9441 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9444 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9447 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9453 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9457 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9465 /* xgettext:c-format */
9466 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9467 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9468 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9473 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9475 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9477 && (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
9478 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
9480 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9481 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9482 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9485 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9488 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9489 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9490 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9493 bfd_reloc_status_type
9494 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9495 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9496 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9497 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9498 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9500 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9503 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9504 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9505 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9506 out details about the corefile. */
9508 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9509 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9512 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9513 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9516 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9520 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9522 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9527 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9528 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9529 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9533 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9537 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9540 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9544 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9545 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9546 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9550 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9551 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9552 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9553 such a section already exists.
9554 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9555 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9556 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9558 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9564 char *threaded_name
;
9568 /* Build the section name. */
9570 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9571 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9572 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9573 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9575 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9577 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9582 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9583 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9585 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9589 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9592 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9598 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9599 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9600 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9605 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9607 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9611 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9614 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9619 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9623 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9624 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9625 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9627 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9628 has already been set by another thread. */
9629 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9631 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9632 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9634 /* pr_who exists on:
9637 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9640 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9643 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9646 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9647 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9649 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9650 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9652 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9653 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9654 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9656 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9657 has already been set by another thread. */
9658 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9659 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9660 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9661 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9663 /* pr_who exists on:
9666 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9669 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9670 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9672 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9675 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9678 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9679 note size (ie. data object type). */
9683 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9684 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9685 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9687 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9689 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9691 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9693 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9695 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9696 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9699 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9700 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9701 data structure apart. */
9704 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9706 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9709 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9710 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9714 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9716 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9719 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9720 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9721 contents literally. */
9724 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9726 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9730 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9732 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9736 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9738 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9742 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9744 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9748 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9750 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9754 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9756 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9760 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9762 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9766 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9768 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9772 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9774 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9778 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9780 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9784 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9786 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9790 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9792 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9796 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9798 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9802 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9804 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9808 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9810 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9814 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9816 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9820 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9822 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9826 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9828 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9832 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9834 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9838 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9840 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9844 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9846 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9850 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9852 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9856 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9858 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9862 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9864 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9868 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9870 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9874 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9876 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9880 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9882 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9886 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9888 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9892 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9894 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9898 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9900 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9904 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9906 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9910 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9912 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9916 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9918 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9922 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9924 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9928 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9930 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9934 elfcore_grok_aarch_mte (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9936 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-mte",
9941 elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9943 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arc-v2", note
);
9946 /* Convert NOTE into a bfd_section called ".reg-riscv-csr". Return TRUE if
9947 successful otherwise, return FALSE. */
9950 elfcore_grok_riscv_csr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9952 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-riscv-csr", note
);
9955 /* Convert NOTE into a bfd_section called ".gdb-tdesc". Return TRUE if
9956 successful otherwise, return FALSE. */
9959 elfcore_grok_gdb_tdesc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9961 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".gdb-tdesc", note
);
9964 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9965 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9966 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9967 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9971 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9972 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9973 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9974 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9978 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9979 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9980 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9983 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9986 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9994 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9998 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
10004 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10006 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10008 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
10010 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
10012 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
10014 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
10015 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
10017 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10018 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
10019 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
10021 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10022 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
10023 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
10025 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10026 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
10028 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10029 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
10031 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
10033 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
10034 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
10036 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10037 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
10038 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
10040 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10041 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
10042 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
10048 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
10049 note size (ie. data object type). */
10053 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
10054 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
10055 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
10058 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
10059 int n
= strlen (command
);
10061 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
10062 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
10067 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
10069 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10071 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10073 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
10074 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
10075 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
10081 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10083 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10085 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10086 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
10088 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10091 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10093 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10096 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
10097 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
10098 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
10102 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
10104 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10106 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10108 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10114 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
10115 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
10116 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
10121 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10123 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
10124 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
10126 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10127 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
10129 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10131 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10132 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10133 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10136 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10138 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10142 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10143 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10144 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10145 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10148 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10149 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
10150 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
10153 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10155 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10158 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
10160 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10161 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10162 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10165 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10167 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10171 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10172 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10173 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10174 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10177 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10178 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10179 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10182 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10184 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10186 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10188 /* These constants, and the structure offsets used below, are defined by
10189 Cygwin's core_dump.h */
10190 #define NOTE_INFO_PROCESS 1
10191 #define NOTE_INFO_THREAD 2
10192 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE 3
10193 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 4
10196 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10201 unsigned int name_size
;
10204 int is_active_thread
;
10207 if (note
->descsz
< 4)
10210 if (! startswith (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10213 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10217 const char *type_name
;
10218 unsigned long min_size
;
10221 { "NOTE_INFO_PROCESS", 12 },
10222 { "NOTE_INFO_THREAD", 12 },
10223 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE", 12 },
10224 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE64", 16 },
10227 if (type
== 0 || type
> (sizeof(size_check
)/sizeof(size_check
[0])))
10230 if (note
->descsz
< size_check
[type
- 1].min_size
)
10232 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: win32pstatus %s of size %lu bytes is too small"),
10233 abfd
, size_check
[type
- 1].type_name
, note
->descsz
);
10239 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
10240 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10241 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10242 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10245 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
10246 /* Make a ".reg/<tid>" section containing the Win32 API thread CONTEXT
10248 /* thread_info.tid */
10249 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4));
10251 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10252 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10256 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10258 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10262 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10263 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 12;
10264 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10265 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10266 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10268 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10269 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10271 if (is_active_thread
)
10272 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10276 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
10277 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE64
:
10278 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10279 if (type
== NOTE_INFO_MODULE
)
10281 /* module_info.base_address */
10282 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10283 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10284 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10285 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10287 else /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 */
10289 /* module_info.base_address */
10290 base_addr
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10291 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%016lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10292 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10293 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10296 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10297 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10301 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10303 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10308 if (note
->descsz
< 12 + name_size
)
10310 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: win32pstatus NOTE_INFO_MODULE of size %lu is too small to contain a name of size %u"),
10311 abfd
, note
->descsz
, name_size
);
10315 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10316 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10317 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10328 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10330 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10332 switch (note
->type
)
10338 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10339 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10341 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10342 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10347 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10349 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10352 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10354 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10357 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10358 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10360 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10361 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10363 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10364 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10365 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10366 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10370 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10371 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10372 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10373 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10378 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10379 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10380 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10385 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10386 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10387 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10392 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10393 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10394 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10399 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10400 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10401 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10406 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10407 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10408 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10413 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10414 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10415 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10420 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10421 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10422 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10426 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10427 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10428 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10429 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10433 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10434 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10435 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10436 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10440 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10441 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10442 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10443 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10447 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10448 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10449 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10450 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10454 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10455 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10456 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10457 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10461 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10462 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10463 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10464 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10468 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10469 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10470 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10471 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10475 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10476 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10477 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10478 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10482 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10483 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10484 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10485 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10489 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10490 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10491 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10492 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10496 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10497 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10498 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10499 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10503 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10504 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10505 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10506 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10511 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10512 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10513 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10517 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10518 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10519 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10520 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10524 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10525 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10526 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10527 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10531 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10532 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10533 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10534 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10539 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10540 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10541 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10545 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10546 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10547 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10548 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10552 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10553 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10554 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10555 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10559 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10560 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10561 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10562 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10566 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10567 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10568 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10569 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10574 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10575 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10576 return elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (abfd
, note
);
10581 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10582 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10583 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10588 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10589 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10590 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10594 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10595 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10596 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10597 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10601 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10602 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10603 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10604 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10609 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10610 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10611 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10615 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10616 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10617 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10618 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10622 case NT_ARM_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL
:
10623 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10624 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10625 return elfcore_grok_aarch_mte (abfd
, note
);
10630 if (note
->namesz
== 4
10631 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "GDB") == 0)
10632 return elfcore_grok_gdb_tdesc (abfd
, note
);
10637 if (note
->namesz
== 4
10638 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "GDB") == 0)
10639 return elfcore_grok_riscv_csr (abfd
, note
);
10645 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10646 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10648 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10649 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10655 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10658 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10662 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10669 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10671 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10673 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10676 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10677 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10680 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10681 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10682 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10688 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10690 switch (note
->type
)
10695 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10696 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10698 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10699 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10704 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10706 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10707 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10708 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10710 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10711 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10712 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10714 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10720 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10722 switch (note
->type
)
10725 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10733 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10737 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10740 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10745 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10753 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10754 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10759 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10760 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10764 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10768 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10769 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10770 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10773 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10774 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10775 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10778 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10781 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10782 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10785 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10786 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10792 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10798 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10799 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10800 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10804 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10808 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10809 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10816 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10819 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10820 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10823 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10824 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10825 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10827 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10832 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10836 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10839 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10840 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10841 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10842 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10845 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10846 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10847 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10850 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10851 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10854 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10855 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10858 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10859 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10860 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10864 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10866 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10868 switch (note
->type
)
10871 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10872 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10874 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10877 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10880 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10882 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10883 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10884 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10888 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10889 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10892 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10893 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10896 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10897 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10900 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10901 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10903 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10904 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10905 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10909 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10910 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10914 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10922 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10926 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10929 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10936 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10938 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10941 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10942 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10943 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10945 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10946 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10947 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10949 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10950 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10951 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10953 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10958 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10962 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10963 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10965 switch (note
->type
)
10967 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10968 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10969 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10970 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10971 creates a core file. */
10972 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10973 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10974 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10975 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10976 case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
:
10977 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
,
10978 ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
10984 /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
10985 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10986 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10989 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10993 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10995 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10996 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10998 case bfd_arch_aarch64
:
10999 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
11000 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
11001 switch (note
->type
)
11003 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
11004 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11006 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
11007 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11013 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
11014 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
11015 structure which lacks GBR. */
11018 switch (note
->type
)
11020 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
11021 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11023 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
11024 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11030 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
11031 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
11034 switch (note
->type
)
11036 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
11037 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11039 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
11040 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11050 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11052 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
11055 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
11056 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
11057 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
11059 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
11060 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
11061 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
11063 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
11064 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
11065 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
11071 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11073 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
11074 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
11076 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
11077 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11079 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
11080 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11082 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
11083 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
11085 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
11086 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
11088 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
11090 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
11095 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11096 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11097 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
11106 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
11108 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
11115 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
11118 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
11119 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
11121 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
11122 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
11124 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
11125 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
11127 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
11128 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
11130 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
11131 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11134 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
11135 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
11136 thread just in case. */
11137 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
11138 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11140 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
11141 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
11143 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11146 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11148 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11152 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11153 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11154 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11156 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
11160 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
11161 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
11169 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
11170 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
11172 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11175 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11177 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11181 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11182 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11183 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11185 /* This is the current thread. */
11186 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
11187 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
11192 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
11193 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
11194 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
11195 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
11198 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11200 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
11201 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
11203 static long tid
= 1;
11205 switch (note
->type
)
11207 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
11208 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
11209 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
11210 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
11211 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
11212 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
11213 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
11214 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
11221 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11227 /* Use note name as section name. */
11228 len
= note
->namesz
;
11229 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
11232 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
11233 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
11235 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11239 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11240 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11241 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
11246 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11249 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11253 size of data for note
11255 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11256 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11257 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11258 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11261 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11264 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11272 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11279 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11281 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11283 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11286 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11287 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11288 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11289 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11290 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11291 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11295 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11303 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11313 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11314 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11315 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11316 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11317 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11318 be NULL terminated.
11319 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11320 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11321 the finer control available with later versions.
11322 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11323 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11324 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11325 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11326 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11327 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11328 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11331 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11335 const char *psargs
)
11337 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11339 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11342 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11343 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11348 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11349 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11350 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11352 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11354 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11357 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11360 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11361 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11362 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11363 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11364 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11369 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11371 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11374 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11377 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11378 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11379 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11380 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11381 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11383 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11388 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11389 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11393 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11394 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11395 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11397 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11399 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11401 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11402 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11403 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11407 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11409 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11410 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11411 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11416 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11417 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11418 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11420 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11422 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11424 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11425 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11426 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11430 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11432 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11433 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11434 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11439 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11446 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11448 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11451 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11453 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11458 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11459 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11460 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11462 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11464 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11465 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11466 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11467 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11468 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11469 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11476 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11477 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11478 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11479 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11480 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11481 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11483 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11489 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11491 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11498 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11499 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11501 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11502 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11503 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11504 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11505 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11506 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11507 #if !defined(gregs)
11508 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11509 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11511 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11512 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11515 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11516 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11518 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11520 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11522 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11526 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11527 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11529 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11530 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11531 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11533 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11537 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11538 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11539 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11540 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11548 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11549 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11550 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11551 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11555 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11558 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11561 const void *fpregs
,
11564 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11565 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11566 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11570 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11573 const void *xfpregs
,
11576 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11577 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11578 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11582 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11583 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11586 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11587 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11589 note_name
= "LINUX";
11590 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11591 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11595 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11598 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11601 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11602 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11603 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11607 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11610 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11613 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11614 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11615 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11619 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11622 const void *ppc_tar
,
11625 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11626 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11627 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11631 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11634 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11637 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11638 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11639 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11643 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11646 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11649 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11650 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11651 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11655 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11658 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11661 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11662 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11663 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11667 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11670 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11673 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11674 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11675 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11679 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11682 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11685 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11686 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11687 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11691 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11694 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11697 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11698 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11699 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11703 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11706 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11709 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11710 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11711 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11715 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11718 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11721 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11722 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11723 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11727 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11730 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11733 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11734 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11735 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11739 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11742 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11745 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11746 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11747 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11751 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11754 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11757 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11758 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11759 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11763 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11766 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11769 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11770 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11771 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11775 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11778 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11781 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11782 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11783 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11784 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11788 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11791 const void *s390_timer
,
11794 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11795 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11796 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11800 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11803 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11806 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11807 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11808 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11812 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11815 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11818 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11819 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11820 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11824 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11827 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11830 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11831 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11832 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11836 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11839 const void *s390_prefix
,
11842 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11843 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11844 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11848 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11851 const void *s390_last_break
,
11854 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11855 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11856 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11857 s390_last_break
, size
);
11861 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11864 const void *s390_system_call
,
11867 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11868 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11869 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11870 s390_system_call
, size
);
11874 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11877 const void *s390_tdb
,
11880 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11881 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11882 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11886 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11889 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11892 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11893 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11894 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11898 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11901 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11904 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11905 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11906 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11907 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11911 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11914 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11917 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11918 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11919 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11924 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11927 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11930 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11931 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11932 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11937 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11940 const void *arm_vfp
,
11943 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11944 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11945 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11949 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11952 const void *aarch_tls
,
11955 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11956 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11957 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11961 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11964 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11967 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11968 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11969 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11973 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11976 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11979 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11980 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11981 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11985 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11988 const void *aarch_sve
,
11991 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11992 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11993 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11997 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
12000 const void *aarch_pauth
,
12003 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12004 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12005 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
12009 elfcore_write_aarch_mte (bfd
*abfd
,
12012 const void *aarch_mte
,
12015 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12016 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12017 note_name
, NT_ARM_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL
,
12023 elfcore_write_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
,
12026 const void *arc_v2
,
12029 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12030 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12031 note_name
, NT_ARC_V2
, arc_v2
, size
);
12034 /* Write the buffer of csr values in CSRS (length SIZE) into the note
12035 buffer BUF and update *BUFSIZ. ABFD is the bfd the note is being
12036 written into. Return a pointer to the new start of the note buffer, to
12037 replace BUF which may no longer be valid. */
12040 elfcore_write_riscv_csr (bfd
*abfd
,
12046 const char *note_name
= "GDB";
12047 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12048 note_name
, NT_RISCV_CSR
, csrs
, size
);
12051 /* Write the target description (a string) pointed to by TDESC, length
12052 SIZE, into the note buffer BUF, and update *BUFSIZ. ABFD is the bfd the
12053 note is being written into. Return a pointer to the new start of the
12054 note buffer, to replace BUF which may no longer be valid. */
12057 elfcore_write_gdb_tdesc (bfd
*abfd
,
12063 const char *note_name
= "GDB";
12064 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12065 note_name
, NT_GDB_TDESC
, tdesc
, size
);
12069 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
12072 const char *section
,
12076 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
12077 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12078 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
12079 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12080 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
12081 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12082 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
12083 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12084 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
12085 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12086 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
12087 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12088 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
12089 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12090 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
12091 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12092 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
12093 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12094 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
12095 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12096 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
12097 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12098 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
12099 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12100 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
12101 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12102 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
12103 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12104 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
12105 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12106 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
12107 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12108 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
12109 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12110 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
12111 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12112 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
12113 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12114 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
12115 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12116 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
12117 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12118 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
12119 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12120 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
12121 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12122 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
12123 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12124 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
12125 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12126 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
12127 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12128 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
12129 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12130 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
12131 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12132 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
12133 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12134 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
12135 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12136 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
12137 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12138 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
12139 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12140 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
12141 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12142 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
12143 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12144 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
12145 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12146 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
12147 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12148 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
12149 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12150 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-mte") == 0)
12151 return elfcore_write_aarch_mte (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12152 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arc-v2") == 0)
12153 return elfcore_write_arc_v2 (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12154 if (strcmp (section
, ".gdb-tdesc") == 0)
12155 return elfcore_write_gdb_tdesc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12156 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-riscv-csr") == 0)
12157 return elfcore_write_riscv_csr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12162 elfcore_write_file_note (bfd
*obfd
, char *note_data
, int *note_size
,
12163 const void *buf
, int bufsiz
)
12165 return elfcore_write_note (obfd
, note_data
, note_size
,
12166 "CORE", NT_FILE
, buf
, bufsiz
);
12170 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
12175 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
12176 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
12177 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
12178 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
12181 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
12185 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
12187 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
12188 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
12190 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
12193 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
12195 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
12196 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
12197 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
12200 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
12201 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
12202 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
12204 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
12205 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
12208 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
12215 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
12218 const char * string
;
12220 bool (*func
) (bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
12224 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
12225 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
12226 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
12227 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
12228 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
12229 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
12230 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
12232 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
12235 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
12237 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
12238 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
12239 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
12241 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
12250 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
12252 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
12255 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
12256 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
12258 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
12264 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
12271 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
12276 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
12279 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
12282 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
12286 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
12287 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
12290 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
12300 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
12302 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
12303 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
12304 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12307 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
12309 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12311 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12315 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
12318 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
12319 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
12320 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
12321 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12323 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12324 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12327 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12331 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12333 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12337 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12338 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12339 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12340 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12345 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12346 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12347 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12348 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12350 return reloc_class_normal
;
12353 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12354 relocation against a local symbol. */
12357 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12358 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12360 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12362 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12363 bfd_vma relocation
;
12365 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12366 + sec
->output_offset
12368 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12369 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12370 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12373 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12374 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12375 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12378 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12379 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12380 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12381 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12382 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12383 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12384 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12387 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12388 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12394 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12399 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12401 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12402 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12404 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12405 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12406 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12409 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12410 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12411 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12412 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12416 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12417 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12421 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12423 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12424 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12426 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12427 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12430 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12432 /* Reverse the offset. */
12433 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12434 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12436 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12437 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12438 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12439 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12445 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12446 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12447 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12448 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12449 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12450 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12452 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12453 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12454 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12455 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12456 the remote memory. */
12459 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12462 bfd_size_type size
,
12463 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12464 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12466 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12467 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12471 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12472 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12473 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12478 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12481 const char *relplt_name
;
12482 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
12486 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12492 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12495 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12498 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12501 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12502 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12503 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12504 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12505 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12508 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12509 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12510 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12513 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12517 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12518 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, true))
12521 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12522 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12523 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12524 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12526 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12527 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12530 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12532 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12537 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12541 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12542 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12544 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12549 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12550 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12553 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12554 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12555 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12556 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12557 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12558 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12560 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12563 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12564 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12566 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12570 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12571 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12572 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12573 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12576 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12579 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12580 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12587 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12588 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12589 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12590 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12591 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12592 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12593 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12594 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12597 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12599 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12601 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12603 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12604 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12606 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12607 SHF_GNU_MBIND or SHF_GNU_RETAIN sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type
12608 or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12609 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12611 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12612 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12613 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12614 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12616 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12617 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is supported only by GNU "
12618 "and FreeBSD targets"));
12619 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12620 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is supported "
12621 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12622 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12623 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is supported "
12624 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12625 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_retain
)
12626 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_RETAIN section is supported "
12627 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12628 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12636 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12637 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12638 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12641 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12643 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12644 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12647 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12648 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12649 otherwise return zero. */
12652 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12655 bfd_size_type size
;
12656 elf_symbol_type
* elf_sym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) sym
;
12658 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12659 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12660 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12663 size
= (sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
) ? 0 : elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
12665 /* In theory we should check that the symbol's type satisfies
12666 _bfd_elf_is_function_type(), but there are some function-like
12667 symbols which would fail this test. (eg _start). Instead
12668 we check for hidden, local, notype symbols with zero size.
12669 This type of symbol is generated by the annobin plugin for gcc
12670 and clang, and should not be considered to be a function symbol. */
12672 && ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_LOCAL
)) == BSF_LOCAL
)
12673 && ELF_ST_TYPE (elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_NOTYPE
12674 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
12677 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12678 /* Do not return 0 for the function's size. */
12679 return size
? size
: 1;
12682 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
12683 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
12685 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
12686 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
12687 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
12689 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
12692 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12693 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
12695 unsigned int shindex
)
12697 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
12698 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
12701 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12702 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
12704 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
12705 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
12708 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
12711 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12713 asymbol
** symbols
,
12716 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12718 bool result
= true;
12719 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
12721 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12722 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12723 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
12726 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
12728 if (!elf_section_data (sec
)->has_secondary_relocs
)
12731 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12732 associated with SEC. */
12733 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12735 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
12737 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
12738 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
12739 && (hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
12740 || hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
12742 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
12743 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
12744 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
12745 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
12747 unsigned int entsize
;
12748 unsigned int symcount
;
12749 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12752 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
12755 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12756 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12757 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12759 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12761 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
12762 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
12768 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
12769 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
12771 free (native_relocs
);
12772 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
12777 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12778 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12780 free (native_relocs
);
12785 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12786 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
12789 free (native_relocs
);
12790 /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
12791 the memory for the bfd is released. */
12797 symcount
= bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
);
12799 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12801 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
12802 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
12804 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
12807 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
12809 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
12810 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12811 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
12812 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12814 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12815 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12816 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
12817 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
12818 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
12819 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
12821 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
12823 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
12825 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
12826 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
12827 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12828 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12830 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
12833 /* xgettext:c-format */
12834 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
12835 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
12836 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12837 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12838 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12845 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
12846 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
12847 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
12848 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
12851 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
12853 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
12854 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
12856 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12857 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
12864 free (native_relocs
);
12865 /* Store the internal relocs. */
12866 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
12873 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
12876 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12877 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12878 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
12879 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
12883 struct bfd_elf_section_data
* esd
;
12885 if (isection
== NULL
)
12888 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
12891 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
12895 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
12899 esd
= elf_section_data (osec
);
12900 BFD_ASSERT (esd
->sec_info
== NULL
);
12901 esd
->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
12902 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
12903 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
12904 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
12906 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
12908 /* xgettext:c-format */
12909 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
12911 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12915 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
12916 if (isection
->sh_info
== 0
12917 || isection
->sh_info
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
12920 /* xgettext:c-format */
12921 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
12923 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12927 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
12929 if (isection
== NULL
12930 || isection
->bfd_section
== NULL
12931 || isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
== NULL
)
12934 /* xgettext:c-format */
12935 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
12937 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12941 esd
= elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
);
12942 BFD_ASSERT (esd
!= NULL
);
12943 osection
->sh_info
= esd
->this_idx
;
12944 esd
->has_secondary_relocs
= true;
12945 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12946 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
12947 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
12948 fprintf (stderr
, "mark section %s as having secondary relocs\n",
12949 bfd_section_name (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
));
12955 /* Write out a secondary reloc section.
12957 FIXME: Currently this function can result in a serious performance penalty
12958 for files with secondary relocs and lots of sections. The proper way to
12959 fix this is for _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields() to chain secondary
12960 relocs together and then to have this function just walk that chain. */
12963 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
12965 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12966 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
12968 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
12969 bool result
= true;
12974 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12975 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12976 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
12979 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
12981 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12982 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12983 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
12985 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
12986 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
12988 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12989 associated with SEC. */
12990 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12992 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
12993 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
12995 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
12996 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12998 asymbol
* last_sym
;
13000 unsigned int reloc_count
;
13002 unsigned int entsize
;
13003 arelent
* src_irel
;
13004 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
13006 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
13009 /* xgettext:c-format */
13010 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
13012 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13017 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
13021 /* xgettext:c-format */
13022 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has zero sized entries"),
13024 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13028 else if (entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
13029 && entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
13032 /* xgettext:c-format */
13033 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has non-standard sized entries"),
13035 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13040 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ entsize
;
13041 if (reloc_count
<= 0)
13044 /* xgettext:c-format */
13045 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
13047 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13052 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
13053 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
13056 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13057 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
13058 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
13062 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
13063 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
13064 if (src_irel
== NULL
)
13067 /* xgettext:c-format */
13068 (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
13070 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13075 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= entsize
)
13077 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
13082 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
13086 /* xgettext:c-format */
13087 (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
13088 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13089 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13094 if (ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
== NULL
)
13096 /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
13101 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13103 if (sym
== last_sym
)
13107 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
13111 /* xgettext:c-format */
13112 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
13113 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13114 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13123 if (sym
->the_bfd
!= NULL
13124 && sym
->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
13125 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
13128 /* xgettext:c-format */
13129 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
13130 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13131 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13137 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
13138 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
13141 /* xgettext:c-format */
13142 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
13143 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13144 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13146 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (0, 0);
13149 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
13150 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
13152 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
13153 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);
13154 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
13155 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);